1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
67 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
68 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
69 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
73 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
77 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
79 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
80 /* The number of global .got entries. */
81 unsigned int global_gotno
;
82 /* The number of local .got entries. */
83 unsigned int local_gotno
;
84 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
85 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
86 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
87 struct htab
*got_entries
;
88 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
89 unless multi-got was necessary. */
91 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
92 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
93 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
96 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
98 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
100 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
103 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
104 create and merge bfd's gots. */
106 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
108 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
110 /* The output bfd. */
112 /* The link information. */
113 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
114 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
115 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
117 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
118 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
120 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
121 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
123 unsigned int max_count
;
124 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
125 unsigned int primary_count
;
126 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
127 unsigned int current_count
;
130 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
132 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
134 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
136 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
137 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
140 struct _mips_elf_section_data
142 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
145 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
150 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
151 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
153 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
154 the dynamic symbols. */
156 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
158 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
160 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
161 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
163 long min_got_dynindx
;
164 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
165 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
166 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
167 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
168 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
169 symbol without a GOT entry. */
170 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
173 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
174 the global hash table. */
176 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
178 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
180 /* External symbol information. */
183 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
185 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
187 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
188 a readonly section. */
189 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
191 /* The index of the first dynamic relocation (in the .rel.dyn
192 section) against this symbol. */
193 unsigned int min_dyn_reloc_index
;
195 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
196 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
197 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
199 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
201 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
202 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
205 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
206 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
207 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
209 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
210 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
213 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
214 being called returns a floating point value. */
215 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
217 /* Are we forced local? .*/
218 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
221 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
223 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
225 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
227 /* We no longer use this. */
228 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
229 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
231 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
232 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
233 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
234 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
235 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
236 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
237 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
238 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
240 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
241 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
244 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
249 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
250 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
251 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
255 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
257 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
260 "_procedure_string_table",
261 "_procedure_table_size",
265 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
270 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
271 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
272 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
273 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
274 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
275 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
284 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
285 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
286 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
290 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
291 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
292 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
293 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
294 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
295 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
300 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
301 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
302 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
303 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
304 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
312 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
318 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
320 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
322 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
323 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
324 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
325 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
326 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
327 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
328 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
329 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
331 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
332 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
333 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
334 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
335 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
337 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
338 has different meaning for each type:
341 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
342 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
343 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
344 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
347 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
348 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
349 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
350 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
352 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
353 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
354 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
355 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
357 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
358 loader for use by the static exception system. */
360 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
361 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
362 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
363 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
364 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
365 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
366 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
367 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
368 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
369 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
371 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
373 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
374 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
376 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
377 PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*, struct bfd_hash_table
*, const char *));
378 static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
379 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const RPDR
*, struct rpdr_ext
*));
380 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
381 PARAMS ((PTR
, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*,
382 struct ecoff_debug_info
*));
383 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
384 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, PTR
));
385 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
386 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_External_gptab
*, Elf32_gptab
*));
387 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
388 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_gptab
*, Elf32_External_gptab
*));
389 static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
390 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_compact_rel
*, Elf32_External_compact_rel
*));
391 static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
392 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_crinfo
*, Elf32_External_crinfo
*));
394 static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in
395 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_External_Msym
*, Elf32_Internal_Msym
*));
397 static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
398 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_Internal_Msym
*, Elf32_External_Msym
*));
399 static int sort_dynamic_relocs
400 PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
401 static int sort_dynamic_relocs_64
402 PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
403 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
404 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, PTR
));
405 static int gptab_compare
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
406 static asection
* mips_elf_rel_dyn_section
PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd_boolean
));
407 static asection
* mips_elf_got_section
PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd_boolean
));
408 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_info
409 PARAMS ((bfd
*, asection
**));
410 static long mips_elf_get_global_gotsym_index
PARAMS ((bfd
*abfd
));
411 static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
412 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
));
413 static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
414 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
415 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
416 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
*));
417 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
418 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_boolean
));
419 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
420 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
));
421 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
422 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
));
423 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
424 PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info
*, unsigned long));
425 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
426 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, PTR
));
427 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol
428 PARAMS ((bfd
*, long, bfd_vma
, struct mips_got_info
*));
429 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
430 PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
431 struct mips_got_info
*));
432 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*mips_elf_next_relocation
433 PARAMS ((bfd
*, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
434 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*));
435 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
436 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, asection
**, bfd_boolean
));
437 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_overflow_p
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
, int));
438 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
439 static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
440 static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
441 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
442 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*));
443 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
444 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_boolean
));
445 static asection
*mips_elf_create_msym_section
447 static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
448 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
449 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_vma
, reloc_howto_type
*,
450 Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, const char **,
451 bfd_boolean
*, bfd_boolean
));
452 static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
453 PARAMS ((reloc_howto_type
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd
*, bfd_byte
*));
454 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
455 PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info
*, reloc_howto_type
*,
456 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_vma
, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
458 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
459 PARAMS ((bfd
*, asection
*));
460 static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
461 PARAMS ((bfd
*, unsigned int));
462 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
463 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
464 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*,
465 bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
*, asection
*));
466 static void mips_set_isa_flags
PARAMS ((bfd
*));
467 static INLINE
char* elf_mips_abi_name
PARAMS ((bfd
*));
468 static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
469 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*));
470 static bfd_boolean mips_mach_extends_p
PARAMS ((unsigned long, unsigned long));
471 static bfd_boolean mips_32bit_flags_p
PARAMS ((flagword
));
472 static INLINE hashval_t mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
473 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
PARAMS ((const PTR
));
474 static int mips_elf_got_entry_eq
PARAMS ((const PTR
, const PTR
));
476 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_multi_got
477 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, struct mips_got_info
*,
478 asection
*, bfd_size_type
));
479 static hashval_t mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
PARAMS ((const PTR
));
480 static int mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
PARAMS ((const PTR
, const PTR
));
481 static hashval_t mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
PARAMS ((const PTR
));
482 static int mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
PARAMS ((const PTR
, const PTR
));
483 static int mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
PARAMS ((void **, void *));
484 static int mips_elf_merge_gots
PARAMS ((void **, void *));
485 static int mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
PARAMS ((void**, void *));
486 static int mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
PARAMS ((void**, void *));
487 static void mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries
488 PARAMS ((struct mips_got_info
*));
489 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
490 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*));
491 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
492 PARAMS ((struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*));
494 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
495 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
497 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
499 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
500 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
502 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
503 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
504 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
506 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
507 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
509 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
510 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
511 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
513 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
514 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
515 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
517 /* The name of the options section. */
518 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
519 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
521 /* The name of the stub section. */
522 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
523 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.stubs" : ".stub")
525 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
526 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
527 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
529 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
530 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
531 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
533 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
534 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
535 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
537 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
538 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
539 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
541 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
542 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
543 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
545 /* Get word-sized data. */
546 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
547 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
549 /* Put out word-sized data. */
550 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
552 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
553 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
555 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
557 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
558 (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj) \
559 ? bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val) \
560 : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val))
562 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
563 (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj) \
564 ? (abort (), FALSE) \
565 : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val))
568 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
569 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
571 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
572 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
573 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
574 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
575 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
576 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
577 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
578 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
579 section, that is RELA. */
580 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
581 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
582 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
583 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
584 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
585 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
586 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
588 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
589 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
590 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
592 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
593 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
595 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
596 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
598 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
600 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
602 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. For some reason the stub is
603 slightly different on an SGI system. */
604 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
606 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
607 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
608 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
609 (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x03e07825 : 0x03e07821) /* move t7,ra */
610 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jal t9 */
611 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
612 (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x34180000 : 0x24180000) /* ori t8,zero,0 */
613 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
615 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
618 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
619 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
620 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
621 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
624 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
625 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
626 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
627 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
628 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
629 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
630 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
631 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
633 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
634 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
636 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
638 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
639 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
642 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
643 floating point arguments.
645 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
646 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
647 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
648 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
649 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
650 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
651 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
652 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
654 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
655 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
656 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
657 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
658 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
659 stub should be discarded.
661 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
662 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
663 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
664 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
665 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
666 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
667 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
670 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
671 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
672 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
674 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
676 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
677 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
678 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
680 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
682 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
683 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
684 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
687 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
689 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
690 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
692 (bfd_boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func), \
695 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
697 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
698 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
700 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
702 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
703 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
)
704 struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
;
705 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
;
708 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
709 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
711 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
713 if (ret
== (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
)
714 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
715 bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
716 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
)));
717 if (ret
== (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
)
718 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
720 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
721 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
722 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
724 if (ret
!= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
)
726 /* Set local fields. */
727 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
728 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
729 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
731 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
732 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
733 ret
->min_dyn_reloc_index
= 0;
734 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
736 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
737 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
738 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
739 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
742 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
746 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
)
750 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
751 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
753 sdata
= (struct _mips_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
756 sec
->used_by_bfd
= (PTR
) sdata
;
758 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
761 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
762 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
765 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, section
, debug
)
768 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
771 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
772 char *ext_hdr
= NULL
;
774 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
775 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
777 ext_hdr
= (char *) bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
778 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
781 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, (file_ptr
) 0,
782 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
785 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
786 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
788 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
790 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
791 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
795 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
796 debug->ptr = (type) bfd_malloc (amt); \
797 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
799 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
800 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
804 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
805 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, PTR
);
806 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, PTR
);
807 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, PTR
);
808 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, PTR
);
809 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
811 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
812 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
813 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, PTR
);
814 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, PTR
);
815 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, PTR
);
819 debug
->adjust
= NULL
;
826 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
828 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
829 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
830 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
831 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
832 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
833 free (debug
->external_sym
);
834 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
835 free (debug
->external_opt
);
836 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
837 free (debug
->external_aux
);
838 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
840 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
842 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
843 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
844 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
845 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
846 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
847 free (debug
->external_ext
);
851 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
854 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
859 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
860 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
861 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
862 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
863 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
864 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
866 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
867 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
869 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
871 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->exception_info
, ex
->p_exception_info
);
875 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
878 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (handle
, abfd
, info
, s
, debug
)
881 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
883 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
885 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
886 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
888 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
890 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
891 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
896 unsigned long sindex
;
900 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
908 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
910 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
914 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
916 epdr
= (struct pdr_ext
*) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
920 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (PTR
) epdr
))
923 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
924 rp
= rpdr
= (RPDR
*) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
928 size
= sizeof (char *);
929 sv
= (char **) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
933 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
934 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
935 esym
= (struct sym_ext
*) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
939 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (PTR
) esym
))
943 ss
= (char *) bfd_malloc (count
);
946 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (PTR
) ss
))
950 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
952 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, (PTR
) (epdr
+ i
), &pdr
);
953 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, (PTR
) &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
955 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
956 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
957 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
958 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
959 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
960 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
961 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
963 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
964 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
968 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
969 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
970 rtproc
= (PTR
) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
973 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
977 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
979 erp
= (struct rpdr_ext
*) rtproc
;
980 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
982 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
983 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
984 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
985 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
987 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
989 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
991 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
993 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
995 s
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) rtproc
;
997 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
998 matters, but someday it might). */
999 s
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
1028 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1032 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (h
, data
)
1033 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1034 PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
1036 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1037 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1039 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1040 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1042 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1043 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1044 being included in the link. */
1045 h
->fn_stub
->_raw_size
= 0;
1046 h
->fn_stub
->_cooked_size
= 0;
1047 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1048 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1049 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1052 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1053 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1055 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1056 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1057 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1058 h
->call_stub
->_raw_size
= 0;
1059 h
->call_stub
->_cooked_size
= 0;
1060 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1061 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1062 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1065 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1066 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1068 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1069 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1070 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1071 h
->call_fp_stub
->_raw_size
= 0;
1072 h
->call_fp_stub
->_cooked_size
= 0;
1073 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1074 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1075 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1081 bfd_reloc_status_type
1082 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (abfd
, symbol
, reloc_entry
, input_section
,
1083 relocatable
, data
, gp
)
1086 arelent
*reloc_entry
;
1087 asection
*input_section
;
1088 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1093 unsigned long insn
= 0;
1096 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1099 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1101 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1102 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1104 if (reloc_entry
->address
> input_section
->_cooked_size
)
1105 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1107 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1108 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1110 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1112 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1113 val
+= insn
& 0xffff;
1116 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend(val
, 16);
1118 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1119 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1120 an external symbol. */
1122 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1123 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1125 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1127 insn
= (insn
& ~0xffff) | (val
& 0xffff);
1128 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, (bfd_vma
) insn
,
1129 (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1132 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1135 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1136 else if (((val
& ~0xffff) != ~0xffff) && ((val
& ~0xffff) != 0))
1137 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1139 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1142 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1143 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1146 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1148 const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
;
1151 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1152 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1156 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1158 const Elf32_gptab
*in
;
1159 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
;
1161 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1162 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1166 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1168 const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
;
1169 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
;
1171 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1172 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1173 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1174 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1175 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1176 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1180 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1182 const Elf32_crinfo
*in
;
1183 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
;
1187 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1188 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1189 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1190 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1191 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1192 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1193 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1197 /* Swap in an MSYM entry. */
1200 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1202 const Elf32_External_Msym
*ex
;
1203 Elf32_Internal_Msym
*in
;
1205 in
->ms_hash_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ms_hash_value
);
1206 in
->ms_info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ms_info
);
1209 /* Swap out an MSYM entry. */
1212 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1214 const Elf32_Internal_Msym
*in
;
1215 Elf32_External_Msym
*ex
;
1217 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ms_hash_value
, ex
->ms_hash_value
);
1218 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ms_info
, ex
->ms_info
);
1221 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1222 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1223 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1226 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1228 const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1231 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1232 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1233 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1234 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1235 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1236 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1240 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1242 const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
;
1243 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1245 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1246 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1247 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1248 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1249 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1250 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1253 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1254 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1255 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1256 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1257 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1260 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1262 const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1263 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
;
1265 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1266 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1267 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1268 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1269 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1270 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1271 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1275 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1277 const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
;
1278 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1280 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1281 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1282 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1283 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1284 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1285 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1286 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1289 /* Swap in an options header. */
1292 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1294 const Elf_External_Options
*ex
;
1295 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
;
1297 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1298 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1299 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1300 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1303 /* Swap out an options header. */
1306 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1308 const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
;
1309 Elf_External_Options
*ex
;
1311 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1312 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1313 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1314 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1317 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1318 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1321 sort_dynamic_relocs (arg1
, arg2
)
1325 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1326 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1328 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1329 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1331 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1334 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1337 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (arg1
, arg2
)
1341 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1342 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1344 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1345 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1346 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1347 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1349 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1350 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1354 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1355 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1356 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1357 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1358 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1359 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1360 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1361 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1362 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1363 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1364 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1365 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1366 when generating a final executable. */
1369 mips_elf_output_extsym (h
, data
)
1370 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1373 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= (struct extsym_info
*) data
;
1375 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1377 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1378 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1380 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1382 else if (((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0
1383 || (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
1384 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0
1385 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
) == 0)
1387 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1388 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1389 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1390 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1391 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1399 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1402 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1403 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1404 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1405 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1406 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1407 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1409 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1410 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1414 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1416 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1417 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1418 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1420 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1421 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1422 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1424 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1426 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1427 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1428 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1429 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1431 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1433 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1434 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1435 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1438 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1440 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1441 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1442 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1447 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1448 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1450 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1451 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1452 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1453 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1456 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1458 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1459 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1460 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1461 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1462 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1463 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1464 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1465 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1466 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1467 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1468 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1469 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1470 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1471 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1472 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1473 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1474 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1476 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1480 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1481 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1484 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1485 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1486 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1487 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1489 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1490 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1491 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1492 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1494 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1495 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1496 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1497 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1498 + sec
->output_offset
1499 + output_section
->vma
);
1501 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1503 else if ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) != 0)
1505 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1506 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1508 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1510 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1511 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1516 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1517 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1518 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1520 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1523 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1524 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1525 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1526 + sec
->output_offset
1527 + output_section
->vma
);
1529 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1537 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1538 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1541 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1548 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1551 gptab_compare (p1
, p2
)
1555 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= (const Elf32_gptab
*) p1
;
1556 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= (const Elf32_gptab
*) p2
;
1558 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1561 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1563 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1566 static INLINE hashval_t
1567 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (addr
)
1571 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1577 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1578 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1582 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (entry_
)
1585 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1587 return entry
->symndx
1588 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1590 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1591 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1595 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (entry1
, entry2
)
1599 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1600 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1602 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1603 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1604 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1605 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1608 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1609 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1610 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1614 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (entry_
)
1617 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1619 return entry
->symndx
1621 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1622 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1624 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
1625 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1629 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (entry1
, entry2
)
1633 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1634 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1636 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1637 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1638 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
1639 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1640 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1643 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1646 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, create_p
)
1648 bfd_boolean create_p
;
1650 static const char dname
[] = ".rel.dyn";
1653 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
1654 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
1656 sreloc
= bfd_make_section (dynobj
, dname
);
1658 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1663 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1665 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1666 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
1672 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1675 mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, maybe_excluded
)
1677 bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
;
1679 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1681 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
1686 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1687 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1690 static struct mips_got_info
*
1691 mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, sgotp
)
1696 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1698 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
1699 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
1700 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
1701 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
1702 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1705 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
1710 /* Obtain the lowest dynamic index of a symbol that was assigned a
1711 global GOT entry. */
1713 mips_elf_get_global_gotsym_index (abfd
)
1717 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1722 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
1723 if (sgot
== NULL
|| mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) == NULL
)
1726 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
1727 if (g
== NULL
|| g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
1730 return g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
1733 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
1734 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
1735 -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
1738 mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, ibfd
, info
, value
)
1740 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1744 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1745 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1747 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1749 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1751 return entry
->gotidx
;
1756 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
1759 mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, ibfd
, h
)
1761 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1765 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
1766 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
1768 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
1769 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
1771 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
1773 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
1775 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
1780 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
1782 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
1784 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
1789 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
1790 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
1792 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
1793 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
1794 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
1796 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
1797 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
1798 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
1799 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->_raw_size
);
1804 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
1805 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
1806 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
1807 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
1808 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
1811 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, ibfd
, info
, value
, offsetp
)
1813 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1818 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1820 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1822 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1824 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
1826 & (~(bfd_vma
)0xffff));
1831 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
1834 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
1839 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
1840 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
1843 mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, info
, value
, external
)
1845 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1847 bfd_boolean external
;
1850 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1851 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1855 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
1856 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
1857 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
1859 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
1862 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1864 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1866 return entry
->gotidx
;
1871 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
1875 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, input_bfd
, index
)
1883 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1885 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
1886 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
1887 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
1889 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
1892 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
1893 or -1 if it could not be created. */
1895 static struct mips_got_entry
*
1896 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, gg
, sgot
, value
)
1898 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
1902 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
1903 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1907 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
1909 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
1912 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
1913 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1916 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
1921 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
1923 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
1928 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
1930 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
1932 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
1933 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
1934 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1935 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
1936 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1940 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
1941 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
1946 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
1947 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
1948 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
1949 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
1950 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
1951 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
1954 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, max_local
)
1955 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1956 unsigned long max_local
;
1958 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
1959 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1962 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
1964 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
1967 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
1968 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
1969 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
1970 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
1971 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
1972 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
1973 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
1974 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
1975 too large offsets. */
1976 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
1977 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
1978 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
1979 elf_hash_table (info
)),
1980 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
1983 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
1984 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
1985 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
1986 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
1987 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
1989 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
1990 table index in the GOT. */
1991 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
1996 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
1997 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2001 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (h
, data
)
2002 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2005 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
2006 = (struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*) data
;
2008 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2009 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2011 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2013 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2016 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2017 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2018 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2020 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2022 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2023 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2024 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2026 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2027 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2030 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2031 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2037 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2038 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2042 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
)
2043 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2045 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2046 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2048 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2050 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2052 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2054 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2058 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2061 if (!bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2067 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2069 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2072 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2073 need to do it again. */
2077 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2083 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2085 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2088 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2089 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2090 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2096 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2097 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2100 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, symndx
, addend
, g
)
2104 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2106 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2109 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2110 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2111 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2112 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2117 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2119 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2124 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2129 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2132 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (entry_
)
2135 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2136 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2138 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2141 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2144 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (entry1
, entry2
)
2148 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2149 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2150 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2151 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2153 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2156 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2157 be the master GOT data. */
2159 static struct mips_got_info
*
2160 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
)
2161 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2164 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2170 p
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*) htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2171 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2174 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2175 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2179 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (entryp
, p
)
2183 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2184 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2185 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2186 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2187 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2190 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2192 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2193 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2194 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
2200 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2201 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2211 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2212 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2213 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2220 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2221 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2223 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
2224 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2225 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
2227 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2237 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2238 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2239 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
2244 if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
2252 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2253 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2254 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2255 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2256 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2257 and then make make the new got current. */
2260 mips_elf_merge_gots (bfd2got_
, p
)
2264 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
2265 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
2266 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2267 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
2268 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
2269 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
2271 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2272 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2273 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2275 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
2276 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2278 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2279 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2280 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2281 else if (arg
->primary
2282 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
) <= maxcnt
)
2284 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2285 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
2286 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2288 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
2290 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2291 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2293 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2296 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2297 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2298 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2301 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
== arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
2302 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
2304 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
2305 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2307 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2308 else if (arg
->current
2309 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2311 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2312 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
2313 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2315 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
2317 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2318 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2320 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2323 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2325 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
== arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
2326 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
2328 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
2329 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2331 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2332 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2333 overflows anyway. */
2336 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
2337 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
2339 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2345 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
2346 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
2347 got) to the given VALUE.
2349 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
2350 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
2351 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
2352 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
2353 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
2354 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
2355 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
2356 marked as not elligible for lazy resolution through a function
2359 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (entryp
, p
)
2363 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2364 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
2365 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
2366 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
2368 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
2369 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
2373 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
2375 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2376 /* We can't do lazy update of GOT entries for
2377 non-primary GOTs since the PLT entries don't use the
2378 right offsets, so punt at it for now. */
2379 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
2380 if (arg
->info
->shared
2381 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
2382 && ((entry
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
2383 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2384 && ((entry
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
2385 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
2386 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
2389 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
2395 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
2396 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
2397 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
2398 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
2399 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
2400 the traversal must be restarted. */
2402 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (entryp
, p
)
2406 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2407 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
2409 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
2411 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
2413 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2414 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2415 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2417 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
2422 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
2423 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
2424 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
2426 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
2427 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2430 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
2431 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
2433 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
2436 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
2437 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
2443 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
2446 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
)
2447 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2453 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
2455 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
2456 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
2459 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
2462 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
2465 mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, g
, ibfd
)
2467 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2470 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2473 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2477 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
2481 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2484 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
2485 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
2488 mips_elf_multi_got (abfd
, info
, g
, got
, pages
)
2490 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2491 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2493 bfd_size_type pages
;
2495 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
2496 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
2497 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
2498 unsigned int assign
;
2500 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
2501 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
,
2503 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2506 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
2507 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
2508 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
2510 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
2511 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
2512 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
2513 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2514 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2517 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
2518 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
2519 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
2520 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
2521 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
2522 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd
)
2523 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
2524 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
- pages
);
2526 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
2527 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
2528 to be the primary GOT. */
2529 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2530 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2533 /* If we find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
2534 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
2536 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2537 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2538 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
2541 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2542 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
2543 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
2544 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2545 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2546 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
2548 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2550 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
2553 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
2554 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
2556 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
2560 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
2561 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
2562 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
2563 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
2566 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
2569 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2570 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2577 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
2579 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
2583 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
2584 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
2585 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
2588 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
2589 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
2590 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
2591 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
2592 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
2593 follows IRIX's practice.
2595 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
2596 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
2597 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
2598 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
2602 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
2603 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
2604 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
2608 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
2609 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
2610 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
2611 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
2612 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
2613 their entries can be omitted. */
2614 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2615 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
2618 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
2619 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
2620 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
2621 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2622 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2623 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
2624 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2625 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2626 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
2629 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
2630 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
2631 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
2632 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
2633 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
2634 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
2635 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
2636 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
2637 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
2638 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
2639 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
2640 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
2641 points back to the master GOT. */
2642 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
2643 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
2649 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
2651 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2652 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
2653 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
2654 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
2656 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
2657 list that gg points to. */
2665 got
->_raw_size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
2666 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2672 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
2673 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
2675 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
2676 mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, r_type
, relocation
, relend
)
2677 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2678 unsigned int r_type
;
2679 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
2680 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
2682 /* According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must be
2683 immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
2684 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
2685 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
2686 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
2687 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
2688 while (relocation
< relend
)
2690 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
)
2696 /* We didn't find it. */
2697 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2701 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
2704 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
, local_sections
,
2707 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
2708 asection
**local_sections
;
2709 bfd_boolean check_forced
;
2711 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2712 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2713 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2716 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
2717 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2718 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2720 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
2722 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
2727 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
2728 was forced local. */
2729 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
2730 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
2731 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
2732 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2733 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2734 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2735 if ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
) != 0)
2742 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
2745 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (value
, bits
)
2749 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
2750 /* VALUE is negative. */
2751 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
2756 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
2757 range expressable by a signed number with the indicated number of
2761 mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, bits
)
2765 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
2767 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
2768 /* The value is too big. */
2770 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
2771 /* The value is too small. */
2778 /* Calculate the %high function. */
2781 mips_elf_high (value
)
2784 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
2787 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
2790 mips_elf_higher (value
)
2791 bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2794 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
2797 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
2801 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
2804 mips_elf_highest (value
)
2805 bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2808 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
2811 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
2815 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
2818 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
)
2820 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2823 register asection
*s
;
2825 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
2827 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2830 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel");
2832 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2833 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
2834 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
2837 s
->_raw_size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
2843 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
2846 mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, maybe_exclude
)
2848 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2849 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
;
2852 register asection
*s
;
2853 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2854 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
2855 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2858 /* This function may be called more than once. */
2859 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
2862 if (! maybe_exclude
)
2863 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2867 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2868 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2871 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2873 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
2874 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
2875 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".got");
2877 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2878 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
2881 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
2882 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
2883 are not creating a global offset table. */
2885 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2886 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
2887 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
2888 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
2891 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2892 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
2893 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
2894 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
2897 && ! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2900 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
2901 g
= (struct mips_got_info
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2904 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2905 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2906 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2909 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
2910 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
,
2912 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2914 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
2915 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
2916 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
2921 /* Returns the .msym section for ABFD, creating it if it does not
2922 already exist. Returns NULL to indicate error. */
2925 mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd
)
2930 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".msym");
2933 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".msym");
2935 || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
,
2939 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2941 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
2942 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
2949 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
2950 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
2951 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
2953 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
2954 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
2955 relocation must be JALX.
2957 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
2958 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
2959 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
2960 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
2962 static bfd_reloc_status_type
2963 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (abfd
, input_bfd
, input_section
, info
,
2964 relocation
, addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
2965 local_sections
, valuep
, namep
,
2966 require_jalxp
, save_addend
)
2969 asection
*input_section
;
2970 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2971 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
2973 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
2974 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
2975 asection
**local_sections
;
2978 bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
;
2979 bfd_boolean save_addend
;
2981 /* The eventual value we will return. */
2983 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
2986 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
2987 shared object file being produced. */
2988 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
2989 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
2992 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
2993 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
2994 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
2995 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
2996 during execution. */
2997 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
2998 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3000 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
3001 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
3002 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3004 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
3005 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3006 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
3007 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3009 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3011 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3012 relocation value. */
3013 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
3014 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3015 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3017 /* Parse the relocation. */
3018 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3019 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3020 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3021 + input_section
->output_offset
3022 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3024 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3025 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3027 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3028 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3029 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3030 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3031 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3032 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3033 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3034 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3037 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3038 must come before globals. */
3042 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3045 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3047 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3048 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3050 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3051 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3052 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3053 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3054 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3055 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3057 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3059 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3062 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3063 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3066 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3067 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3068 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3071 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3073 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3077 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3078 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3079 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3080 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3081 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3082 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3083 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3085 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3086 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3088 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3089 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3090 if (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3091 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3093 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3094 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3095 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
)
3096 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3100 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3101 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3102 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3104 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3105 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3106 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
3108 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3109 if (sec
->output_section
)
3110 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3111 + sec
->output_section
->vma
3112 + sec
->output_offset
);
3114 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
3116 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
3117 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3118 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3119 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3122 else if (info
->shared
3123 && !info
->no_undefined
3124 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3126 else if (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 ||
3127 strcmp (h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3129 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3130 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3131 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3132 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3133 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3135 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
3136 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
3141 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
3142 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
3143 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
3144 (!info
->shared
|| info
->no_undefined
3145 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
)))))
3146 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3150 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3153 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3154 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3156 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3157 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
3158 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
3159 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
3160 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
3162 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3163 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3166 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
3169 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
3173 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3175 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3176 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3177 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3179 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3180 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3182 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3183 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3185 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3190 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3192 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
3193 CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
3195 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3202 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
3205 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3207 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->_raw_size
> 0);
3208 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3211 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3212 special jalx instruction. */
3213 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
3214 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3215 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
3217 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3218 local_sections
, TRUE
);
3220 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3221 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3224 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3225 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3226 /* If this symbol got a global GOT entry, we have to decay
3227 GOT_PAGE/GOT_OFST to GOT_DISP/addend. */
3228 local_p
= local_p
|| ! h
3230 < mips_elf_get_global_gotsym_index (elf_hash_table (info
)
3232 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
3238 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3239 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3240 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3241 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3242 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3243 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3246 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
3247 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
3248 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
3250 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3251 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3253 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
);
3254 if (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3256 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3257 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
)))
3259 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3260 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3261 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3262 bfd
*tmpbfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3263 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd
, FALSE
);
3264 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
3267 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
)
3268 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3269 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3273 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
,
3274 info
, symbol
+ addend
);
3276 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3279 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3280 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3281 abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
3286 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3287 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3288 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3289 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3290 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
3291 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
3292 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
)
3293 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
,
3295 (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, NULL
),
3303 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3307 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3310 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3311 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3318 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3320 && ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3321 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3322 && ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3323 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
3325 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3327 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3328 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3329 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3330 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
3333 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
3341 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3345 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3346 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
3350 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3355 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16
:
3356 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
3357 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3360 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
3361 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
<< 2, 18) - p
;
3362 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
3363 value
= (value
>> 2) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3366 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
:
3367 /* Instead of subtracting 'p' here, we should be subtracting the
3368 equivalent value for the LO part of the reloc, since the value
3369 here is relative to that address. Because that's not easy to do,
3370 we adjust 'addend' in _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section(). See also
3371 the comment there for more information. */
3372 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- p
);
3373 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3377 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
3378 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
3379 the output file that's different. That's handled in
3380 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
3381 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
3384 value
= (((addend
<< 2) | ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
3386 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
<< 2, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
3387 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3393 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
3394 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3398 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
3399 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3405 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3408 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
3409 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3410 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
3411 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
3412 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
3415 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
3416 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
3419 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
3420 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
3421 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
3422 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
3423 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
3424 not check for overflow here. */
3428 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3429 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
3430 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
3431 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
3436 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3437 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
3438 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
3439 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
3440 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
3441 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3442 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
3443 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
3444 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
3445 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
3446 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3447 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
3448 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
3449 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
3450 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
3451 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
3455 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3464 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
3465 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3467 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3468 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3469 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
3470 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
3471 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3472 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3474 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3475 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3476 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3482 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3485 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3488 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3489 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
3491 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3495 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16) + symbol
- p
;
3496 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3499 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3500 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3501 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
3502 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
3503 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
3505 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
3506 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3509 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3510 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3511 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
3514 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3515 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
3516 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
3520 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
3521 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3522 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3523 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3524 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3525 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3528 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3530 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
3533 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3537 value
= symbol
- addend
;
3538 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3542 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
3543 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3546 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
3547 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
3548 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3551 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
3552 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
3553 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3558 /* Both of these may be ignored. R_MIPS_JALR is an optimization
3559 hint; we could improve performance by honoring that hint. */
3560 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3562 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3563 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3564 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
3565 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3568 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
3569 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3572 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
3574 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
3577 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
3580 mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
)
3581 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
3582 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
3587 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3589 /* Obtain the bytes. */
3590 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
3592 if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
3593 || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3594 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3595 /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
3596 See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */
3597 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3602 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
3603 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
3604 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
3605 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
3606 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
3607 unconditionally converted to JALX.
3609 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
3612 mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, relocation
, value
, input_bfd
,
3613 input_section
, contents
, require_jalx
)
3614 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
3615 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
3616 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
3619 asection
*input_section
;
3621 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
3625 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3627 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
3628 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3630 /* Obtain the current value. */
3631 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
3633 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
3634 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
3636 /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
3637 value in a funny way. */
3638 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3640 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3641 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3644 The format of these instructions is:
3646 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3647 ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 !
3648 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3650 +-----------------------------------------------+
3652 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
3653 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
3655 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
3656 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
3657 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
3658 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
3659 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
3660 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
3661 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
3662 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
3663 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
3664 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
3667 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
3668 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
3669 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
3670 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
3671 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
3672 value as two 16-bit values.
3674 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
3678 +--------+----------------------+
3682 +--------+----------------------+
3685 +----------+------+-------------+
3689 +----------+--------------------+
3690 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
3691 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
3693 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
3694 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3695 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
3696 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3697 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */
3699 if (!info
->relocatable
)
3700 /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */
3701 value
= (((value
& 0x1f0000) << 5)
3702 | ((value
& 0x3e00000) >> 5)
3703 | (value
& 0xffff));
3705 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3707 /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
3708 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
3710 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3711 ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 !
3712 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3713 ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 !
3714 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3716 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
3719 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
3720 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
3721 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
3723 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
3724 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
3725 little-endian system. */
3726 value
= (((value
& 0x7e0) << 16)
3727 | ((value
& 0xf800) << 5)
3731 /* Set the field. */
3732 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
3734 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
3738 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
3739 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
3741 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
3742 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3744 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
3749 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
3753 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
3756 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3757 (_("%s: %s+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
3758 bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd
),
3759 input_section
->name
,
3760 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
3761 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3765 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
3766 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
3769 /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
3770 when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */
3771 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3772 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3773 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3775 /* Put the value into the output. */
3776 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
3780 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
3783 mips_elf_stub_section_p (abfd
, section
)
3784 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
3787 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
3789 return (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
3790 || strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
3791 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0);
3794 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
3797 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (abfd
, n
)
3803 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd
, FALSE
);
3804 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3806 if (s
->_raw_size
== 0)
3808 /* Make room for a null element. */
3809 s
->_raw_size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3812 s
->_raw_size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3815 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
3816 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
3817 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
3818 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
3821 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, h
, sec
,
3822 symbol
, addendp
, input_section
)
3824 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
3825 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
3826 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3830 asection
*input_section
;
3832 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
3838 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
3839 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3840 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
3841 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
3842 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
3843 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
3844 < sreloc
->_raw_size
);
3847 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
3848 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
3849 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
3850 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
3851 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
3852 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
3855 /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
3856 is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this
3857 later to reflect the correct output offsets. */
3858 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
3860 outrel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
3861 outrel
[2].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
;
3865 /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
3866 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
3867 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
3868 machinery tell us the offset. */
3869 outrel
[1].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3870 outrel
[2].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3871 /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
3873 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
3878 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
3879 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
3881 else if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
3883 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
3884 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
3885 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
3890 /* If we've decided to skip this relocation, just output an empty
3891 record. Note that R_MIPS_NONE == 0, so that this call to memset
3892 is a way of setting R_TYPE to R_MIPS_NONE. */
3894 memset (outrel
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
) * 3);
3898 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
3900 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
3901 in the relocation. */
3903 && (! info
->symbolic
|| (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3904 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)
3905 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3907 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
3909 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3910 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
3911 defined_p
= ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3912 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) != 0);
3914 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
3915 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
3916 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
3917 undefined symbols. */
3922 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
3924 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
3926 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3931 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
3936 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
3937 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
3938 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
3939 local symbols because we used to generate them
3940 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
3941 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
3942 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
3943 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
3944 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
3945 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
3947 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
3948 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
3949 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
3950 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
3951 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
3956 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
3957 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
3958 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
3959 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
3960 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3963 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
3964 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
3965 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
3967 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
3968 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
3969 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
3970 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
3971 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
3972 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
3973 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
3974 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
3975 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
3976 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
3977 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
3978 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
3979 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) 0,
3980 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
3983 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) 0,
3986 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
3987 correct location in the output file. */
3988 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3989 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3990 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3991 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3992 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3993 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3996 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
3997 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
3998 relocation format is non-standard. */
3999 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
4001 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
4002 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4004 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
4007 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
4008 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4009 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
4011 /* Record the index of the first relocation referencing H. This
4012 information is later emitted in the .msym section. */
4014 && (h
->min_dyn_reloc_index
== 0
4015 || sreloc
->reloc_count
< h
->min_dyn_reloc_index
))
4016 h
->min_dyn_reloc_index
= sreloc
->reloc_count
;
4018 /* We've now added another relocation. */
4019 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
4021 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
4022 will be writing to it. */
4023 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
4026 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4027 if (! skip
&& IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4029 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
4034 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
4036 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
4037 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
4038 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
4039 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4040 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
4041 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
4043 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
4044 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
4045 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
4047 cr
= (scpt
->contents
4048 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
4049 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
4050 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4051 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4052 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4059 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4062 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flags
)
4065 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4067 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4068 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4070 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4071 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4073 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4074 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4076 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4077 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4079 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4080 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4082 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4083 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4085 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4086 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4088 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4089 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4091 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4092 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4095 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4099 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4103 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4107 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4111 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4115 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4118 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4119 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
4122 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
4123 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
4126 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
4127 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
4135 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4137 static INLINE
char *
4138 elf_mips_abi_name (abfd
)
4143 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
4144 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
4147 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
4149 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
4153 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
4155 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
4157 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
4159 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
4162 return "unknown abi";
4166 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4167 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4168 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4169 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4170 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4171 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
4172 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4173 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4175 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4176 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4177 definition in a shared library. */
4178 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
4179 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4180 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4182 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4183 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4186 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (abfd
, asym
)
4190 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
4192 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
4193 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
4195 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4196 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4197 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4198 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4199 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4200 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4201 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4203 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4204 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
4205 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
4206 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4207 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4208 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4209 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
4210 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4211 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4212 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4214 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4218 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4219 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4220 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4221 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4224 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4225 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4227 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4228 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
4229 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4230 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4231 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4232 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4233 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
4234 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4235 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4236 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4238 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4239 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
4242 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4243 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4246 #if 0 /* for SGI_COMPAT */
4248 asym
->section
= mips_elf_text_section_ptr
;
4252 asym
->section
= mips_elf_data_section_ptr
;
4258 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4259 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4260 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4264 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (abfd
, hdr
)
4266 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4268 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4269 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
4273 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
4274 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
4277 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
4280 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4281 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, (bfd_size_type
) 4, abfd
) != 4)
4285 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4286 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4287 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
4288 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
4290 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4292 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4293 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4294 so that we don't have to read them again.
4295 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4296 through the section contents to see if there is an
4297 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4299 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
4301 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4302 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4304 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4306 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4308 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4315 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4316 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
4319 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4320 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, (bfd_size_type
) 8, abfd
) != 8)
4323 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4330 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4331 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
4334 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4335 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, (bfd_size_type
) 4, abfd
) != 4)
4342 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4344 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
4346 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4347 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
4348 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
4350 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4351 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4353 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
4355 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4356 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
4358 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
4360 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4361 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4363 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
4366 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4368 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
4370 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
4372 unsigned int adjust
;
4374 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
4376 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
4384 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
4385 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
4386 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
4388 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
4392 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
)
4394 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4399 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
4400 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
4401 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
4402 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
4403 probably get away with this. */
4404 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
4406 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
4407 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
4411 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
4414 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
4415 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
4418 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
4419 if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
4422 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
4423 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
4426 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
4427 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
4429 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
4431 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
4432 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
4433 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
4435 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
4437 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
4438 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
4441 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
4442 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
4445 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
4446 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) != 0)
4449 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
4450 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
4453 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
4454 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
4457 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
4458 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
4459 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4460 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
4467 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
))
4472 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
4473 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
4479 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
4481 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
4482 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
4483 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
4484 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
4485 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
4487 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
4490 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, (PTR
) &ext
,
4492 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof ext
))
4494 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
4495 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
4498 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
4499 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
4500 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
4501 they should agree. */
4502 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
4504 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4506 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
4507 if (contents
== NULL
)
4509 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
4510 (file_ptr
) 0, hdr
->sh_size
))
4516 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4517 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4519 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4521 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4523 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4525 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
4527 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
4529 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
4530 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4532 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4534 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4536 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
4538 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
4540 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
4541 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4543 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4553 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
4554 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
4555 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4558 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (abfd
, hdr
, sec
)
4560 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4563 register const char *name
;
4565 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
4567 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
4569 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
4570 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->_raw_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
4571 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4573 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
4574 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
4575 else if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
4577 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
4578 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
4579 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4581 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
4582 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
4583 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
4585 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
4586 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
4587 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4588 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4589 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4591 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4593 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
4595 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
4596 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
4597 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4598 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4600 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4601 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4603 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4606 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4608 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4609 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
4610 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
4611 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
4613 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4614 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4616 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
4617 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
4620 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
4621 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
4622 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4623 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
4624 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
4625 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
4626 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4627 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
4629 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
4630 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4632 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
4634 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
4635 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4636 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4638 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
4640 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
4641 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4642 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4644 else if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
4645 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
4646 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
4648 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
4649 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
4650 final_write_processing. */
4652 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
4653 || strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4654 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
4656 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
4657 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4658 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4660 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
4662 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
4663 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
4664 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
4667 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
4668 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
4669 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
4670 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
4671 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
4676 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
4677 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
4678 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
4679 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
4680 the .scommon section. */
4683 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
, retval
)
4684 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4688 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
4690 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4693 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
4695 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
4701 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
4702 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
4705 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
)
4707 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4708 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4710 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4714 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4715 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
4716 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
4718 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
4723 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
4726 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4727 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
4728 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4729 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4732 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4733 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
4734 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4735 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
4739 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4740 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4742 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
4743 asection
*elf_text_section
;
4744 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4746 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4747 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4750 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4751 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4752 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
4755 /* Initialize the section. */
4757 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
4758 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4760 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4761 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
4763 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
4764 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4765 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4766 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4767 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
4768 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4769 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
4771 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4772 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4773 so I took it out. */
4774 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
4777 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4778 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
4780 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4781 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4783 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
4784 asection
*elf_data_section
;
4785 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4787 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4788 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4791 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4792 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4793 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
4796 /* Initialize the section. */
4798 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
4799 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4801 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4802 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
4804 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
4805 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4806 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4807 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4808 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
4809 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4810 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
4812 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4813 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4814 so I took it out. */
4815 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
4818 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4819 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4823 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4825 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
4826 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
4828 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4829 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4831 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
4833 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4834 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
,
4835 (bfd_vma
) *valp
, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
4836 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4839 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4840 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4841 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4842 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4844 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4847 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
4850 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
4851 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
4852 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
4853 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
4859 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
4860 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
4861 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
4864 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, name
, sym
, input_sec
)
4865 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4866 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4867 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4868 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4869 asection
*input_sec
;
4871 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
4872 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
4873 common in the output file. */
4874 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4875 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
4876 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4878 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
4879 && (sym
->st_value
& 1) != 0)
4885 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
4887 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
4890 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
)
4892 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4894 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4895 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4897 register asection
*s
;
4898 const char * const *namep
;
4900 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
4901 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
4903 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
4904 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4907 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
4911 /* We need to create .got section. */
4912 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
4915 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, TRUE
))
4918 /* Create the .msym section on IRIX6. It is used by the dynamic
4919 linker to speed up dynamic relocations, and to avoid computing
4920 the ELF hash for symbols. */
4921 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
4922 && !mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd
))
4925 /* Create .stub section. */
4926 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4927 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
4929 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
));
4931 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_CODE
)
4932 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4933 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4937 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
4939 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
4941 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
4943 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
)
4944 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4945 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4949 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
4950 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
4951 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
4952 the linker takes such action. */
4953 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4955 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
4958 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4959 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
,
4960 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
4961 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4964 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4965 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4966 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4967 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
4969 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4973 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
4974 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4976 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
4980 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
4981 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
4983 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4984 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4986 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4987 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4989 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4990 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
4992 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4993 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4995 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5002 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
5004 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5005 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5006 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
5007 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5010 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5011 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
5012 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
5013 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5015 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5018 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
5020 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
5021 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
5022 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
5023 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
5024 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
5025 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5027 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
5029 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5030 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5031 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
5032 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5035 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5036 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
5037 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
5038 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5040 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5048 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
5049 allocate space in the global offset table. */
5052 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (abfd
, info
, sec
, relocs
)
5054 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5056 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5060 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5061 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5062 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5064 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
5065 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
5068 struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5070 if (info
->relocatable
)
5073 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5074 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5075 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5076 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5078 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5080 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5081 if (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5083 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5085 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5088 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5090 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5091 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5095 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5096 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5097 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5098 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5100 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
5101 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
5103 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5104 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5105 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
5106 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
,
5107 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
5108 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
,
5109 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5110 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5111 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5115 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, (PTR
) NULL
,
5116 (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
5118 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
5121 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
5122 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
5123 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
5124 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
5127 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
5136 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5137 not need it. Since this function is called before
5138 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5139 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5141 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5145 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5147 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
5149 unsigned long symcount
;
5153 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
5154 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
5156 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5157 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
5158 n
= (asection
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5161 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
5164 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
5166 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5167 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5168 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5169 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5173 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5175 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5176 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5178 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5181 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5184 else if (strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5185 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5187 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5188 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5191 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5194 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5196 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5197 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5199 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5200 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5201 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5202 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5203 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5204 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5205 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5209 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5210 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5212 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5214 if (strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5215 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
5217 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
5219 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5220 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5221 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5222 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5223 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5224 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5225 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5226 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5227 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5229 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5234 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5244 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
5249 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
5250 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
5251 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
5256 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5257 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5258 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
5260 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5261 unsigned int r_type
;
5262 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5264 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5265 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5267 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5269 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
5271 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5272 (_("%s: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5273 bfd_archive_filename (abfd
), name
);
5274 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5279 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5281 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5284 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5285 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5289 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5290 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
5296 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5297 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5298 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5299 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5300 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5301 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5302 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5304 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5305 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
5307 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5314 && (info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5315 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5316 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5324 if (!h
&& (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5325 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5326 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
))
5328 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5329 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5330 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5331 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5332 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5333 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5334 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5335 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
5345 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5346 (_("%s: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
5347 bfd_archive_filename (abfd
), (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
5348 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5353 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5354 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5357 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5358 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5361 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
5362 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
5363 elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol in elflink.h. */
5364 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
;
5369 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5370 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
5371 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
5376 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
5377 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5379 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5380 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5381 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5382 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5384 if ((hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5385 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5386 && hmips
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
5387 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
5388 && ! (hmips
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
5389 & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
))
5390 /* If we've encountered any other relocation
5391 referencing the symbol, we'll have marked it as
5392 dynamic, and, even though we might be able to get
5393 rid of the GOT entry should we know for sure all
5394 previous relocations were GOT_PAGE ones, at this
5395 point we can't tell, so just keep using the
5396 symbol as dynamic. This is very important in the
5397 multi-got case, since we don't decide whether to
5398 decay GOT_PAGE to GOT_DISP on a per-GOT basis: if
5399 the symbol is dynamic, we'll need a GOT entry for
5400 every GOT in which the symbol is referenced with
5401 a GOT_PAGE relocation. */
5402 && hmips
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
5408 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5409 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5410 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5411 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5412 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5419 if ((info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5420 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5424 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, TRUE
);
5428 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
5431 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5432 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
5433 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
5434 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
5435 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, 1);
5436 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5437 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5438 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
5439 relocations against the text segment. */
5440 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5444 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5446 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
5447 defined in a dynamic object. */
5448 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5449 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
5450 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5451 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5452 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
5453 are relocations against the text segment. */
5454 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
5457 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
5458 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
5459 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
5460 dynamic relocations against it. */
5464 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5465 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
5467 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5468 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5473 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5474 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5475 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5479 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5480 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5481 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5482 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5483 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5484 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5487 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5488 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5489 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5490 if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5494 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5495 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5496 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5497 if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5505 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
5506 related to taking the function's address. */
5512 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5514 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5515 mh
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5519 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5520 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5525 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
5526 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
5527 References from a stub section do not count. */
5529 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5530 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
,
5531 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) != 0
5532 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
,
5533 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) != 0
5534 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5535 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) != 0)
5537 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5539 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5540 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5548 _bfd_mips_relax_section (abfd
, sec
, link_info
, again
)
5551 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
5554 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5555 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
5556 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5557 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
5558 bfd_byte
*free_contents
= NULL
;
5560 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
5561 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5562 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
5564 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
5567 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
5570 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, (PTR
) NULL
,
5571 (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
5572 link_info
->keep_memory
);
5573 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5576 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
5577 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5578 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5579 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5581 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
5584 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
5585 unsigned int r_type
;
5586 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5588 unsigned long instruction
;
5590 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
5591 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
5592 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
5593 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5594 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
5597 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5598 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
5599 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
5601 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
5602 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5603 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5605 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5606 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5607 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5609 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
5611 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5612 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5613 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5614 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
5615 && ! (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
)))
5618 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5619 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
5620 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5621 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5622 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
5624 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5628 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5630 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
5631 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
5633 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5634 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5635 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5636 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
5638 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5642 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
5643 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
5645 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
5646 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5647 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
5648 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
5651 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5652 symval
= isym
->st_value
5653 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5654 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
5657 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
5659 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
5660 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
5662 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
5663 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
5668 /* Check that it's in range. */
5669 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
5672 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
5673 if (contents
== NULL
)
5675 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
5676 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
5677 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
5680 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (sec
->_raw_size
);
5681 if (contents
== NULL
)
5684 free_contents
= contents
;
5685 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, contents
,
5686 (file_ptr
) 0, sec
->_raw_size
))
5691 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5693 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
5694 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
5695 instruction
= 0x04110000;
5696 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
5697 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
5698 instruction
= 0x10000000;
5702 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
5703 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5704 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
5707 if (contents
!= NULL
5708 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
5710 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
5714 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
5715 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
5721 if (free_contents
!= NULL
)
5722 free (free_contents
);
5726 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
5727 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
5728 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
5729 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
5733 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
)
5734 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5735 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5738 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5741 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5743 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
5744 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
5745 && ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
)
5746 || h
->weakdef
!= NULL
5747 || ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5748 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0
5749 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5750 & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
) != 0
5751 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5752 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)));
5754 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
5755 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
5757 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5758 if (! info
->relocatable
5759 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
5760 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5761 || (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5762 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0))
5764 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
,
5765 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
5766 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
5767 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
5768 against the text segment. */
5769 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5772 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
5773 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
5774 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) != 0)
5776 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5779 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
5780 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
5781 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
5782 executable and the shared library. */
5783 if ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)
5785 /* We need .stub section. */
5786 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
5787 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
5788 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5790 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5791 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->_raw_size
;
5793 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
5794 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->_raw_size
;
5796 /* Make room for this stub code. */
5797 s
->_raw_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
5799 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
5800 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
5804 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
5805 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) == 0)
5807 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
5808 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
5809 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
5813 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
5814 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
5815 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
5816 if (h
->weakdef
!= NULL
)
5818 BFD_ASSERT (h
->weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5819 || h
->weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
5820 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5821 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5825 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
5826 is not a function. */
5831 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
5832 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
5833 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
5836 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (output_bfd
, info
)
5838 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5844 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5846 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
5847 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
5850 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
5851 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
5853 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
,
5854 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
5856 if (! (info
->relocatable
5857 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
5858 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
5859 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
,
5862 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5864 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
5867 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
5871 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
5872 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
5874 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
5876 asection
*subsection
;
5878 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
5880 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
5882 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
5884 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->_raw_size
+ 0xf)
5885 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
5889 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
5890 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
5891 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
5892 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
5894 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
5897 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
5898 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
5900 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
5901 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
5904 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
5905 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
5907 loadable_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
* (i
+ 1);
5909 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
5910 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
5911 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
5913 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
5914 s
->_raw_size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5916 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
5917 s
->_raw_size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5919 if (s
->_raw_size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd
)
5920 && ! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
5926 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5929 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd
, info
)
5931 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5935 bfd_boolean reltext
;
5937 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5938 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
5940 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5942 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5945 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
5946 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5948 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
5950 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
5954 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
5955 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
5958 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5963 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
5964 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
5965 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
5967 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5972 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) == 0)
5974 if (s
->_raw_size
== 0)
5976 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
5977 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
5978 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
5979 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
5980 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
5981 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
5983 bfd_get_section_name (s
->output_section
->owner
,
5984 s
->output_section
)) == 0)
5989 const char *outname
;
5992 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
5993 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
5994 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
5995 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
5996 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
5998 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
6000 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
6002 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
6003 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6004 || strcmp (outname
, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
6007 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
6008 to copy relocs into the output file. */
6009 if (strcmp (name
, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
6012 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
6013 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
6014 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
6015 will move them around between input sections'
6016 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
6017 broken, so don't let it run. */
6018 info
->combreloc
= 0;
6021 else if (strncmp (name
, ".got", 4) == 0)
6023 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
6024 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
6025 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
6027 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
6028 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
6029 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
6030 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
6034 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6035 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
6037 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
6038 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6040 unsigned int save_assign
;
6042 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
6044 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
6045 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
6046 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
6047 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
6048 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
6049 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
6050 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
6051 &set_got_offset_arg
);
6052 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
6053 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
6054 <= g
->global_gotno
);
6056 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
6059 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
6060 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
6061 + g
->next
->global_gotno
6062 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
);
6067 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, needed_relocs
);
6070 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
6072 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
6073 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
6074 s
->_raw_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
6076 else if (! info
->shared
6077 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6078 && strncmp (name
, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
6080 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
6081 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
6084 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
6085 && strncmp (name
, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
6086 s
->_raw_size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
6087 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
6088 s
->_raw_size
= (sizeof (Elf32_External_Msym
)
6089 * (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
6090 + bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
)));
6091 else if (strncmp (name
, ".init", 5) != 0)
6093 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
6099 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info
, s
);
6103 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
6104 s
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->_raw_size
);
6105 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->_raw_size
!= 0)
6107 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
6112 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6114 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
6115 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
6116 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
6117 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
6118 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
6121 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
6122 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
6123 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
6125 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6127 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6133 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
6134 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6136 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6141 if (reltext
&& SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6142 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6144 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
6146 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
6150 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
6153 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
))
6155 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
6158 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
6161 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
6165 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6167 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
, 0))
6171 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6173 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
, 0))
6177 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".conflict") != NULL
)
6179 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
, 0))
6182 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".liblist");
6183 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6185 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
, 0))
6189 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
6192 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
6196 /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */
6197 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
, 0))
6202 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
, 0))
6207 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_IVERSION
, 0))
6211 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
6214 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
6217 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
6220 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
6223 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
6226 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
6227 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
6230 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
6231 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
6232 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
6233 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
6236 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".msym")
6237 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_MSYM
, 0))
6244 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
6247 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
6248 contents
, relocs
, local_syms
, local_sections
)
6250 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6252 asection
*input_section
;
6254 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
6255 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
6256 asection
**local_sections
;
6258 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6259 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6261 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6262 struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6264 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6265 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6266 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
6270 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6271 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
6272 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
6274 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
6275 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6276 const char * msg
= (const char *) NULL
;
6278 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6279 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
6281 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6282 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6283 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6284 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6285 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6286 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6287 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
6289 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6291 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6295 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6296 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
6297 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
6298 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6299 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
6302 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
6304 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6306 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6307 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6308 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6309 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6310 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6311 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6312 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
6313 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
6314 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
6315 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
6316 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
6318 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6319 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
6321 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6322 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
6324 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6325 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
6327 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6328 combination of the addend stored in two different
6330 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
6331 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
6332 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6333 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
6334 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
6337 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
6338 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
6341 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
6342 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
6343 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
6344 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
6347 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation. */
6348 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
)
6349 lo
= R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16
;
6352 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
, lo
,
6354 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
6357 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
6358 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, lo
, FALSE
);
6359 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
6360 input_bfd
, contents
);
6361 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
6362 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
6363 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
6367 /* Compute the combined addend. */
6370 /* If PC-relative, subtract the difference between the
6371 address of the LO part of the reloc and the address of
6372 the HI part. The relocation is relative to the LO
6373 part, but mips_elf_calculate_relocation() doesn't
6374 know its address or the difference from the HI part, so
6375 we subtract that difference here. See also the
6376 comment in mips_elf_calculate_relocation(). */
6377 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
)
6378 addend
-= (lo16_relocation
->r_offset
- rel
->r_offset
);
6380 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
6382 /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See
6383 mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
6385 addend
= (((addend
& 0x1f0000) >> 5)
6386 | ((addend
& 0x7e00000) >> 16)
6391 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
6394 if (info
->relocatable
)
6396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6397 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6399 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
6400 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6403 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
6404 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
6405 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
6406 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
6407 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
6408 that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object. */
6410 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
,
6412 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
6415 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
6416 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
6417 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
6418 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
6419 addend
-= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
6420 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
));
6422 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6423 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
6424 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
6425 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
6426 addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
6428 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6430 /* If the relocation is for a R_MIPS_HI16 or R_MIPS_GOT16,
6431 then we only want to write out the high-order 16 bits.
6432 The subsequent R_MIPS_LO16 will handle the low-order bits.
6434 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6435 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
)
6436 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
6437 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
6438 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
6439 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
6440 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
6443 if (rela_relocation_p
)
6444 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend.
6445 We have to cast away constness for REL. */
6446 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
6449 /* Otherwise, we have to write the value back out. Note
6450 that we use the source mask, rather than the
6451 destination mask because the place to which we are
6452 writing will be source of the addend in the final
6454 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6455 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6457 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6458 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6459 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
6460 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
6461 but for endianness. */
6467 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6469 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6476 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6477 do two separate stores. */
6478 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6480 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6482 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6488 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6490 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6491 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6492 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6493 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6497 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
6498 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6503 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
6507 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
6508 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
6509 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
6511 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
6512 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
6513 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
6514 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
6516 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6518 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6520 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
6521 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
6522 input_section
, info
, rel
,
6523 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
6524 local_sections
, &value
,
6525 &name
, &require_jalx
,
6526 use_saved_addend_p
))
6528 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
6529 /* There's nothing to do. */
6532 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
6533 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
6534 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
6535 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
6536 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
6539 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
6540 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
6541 info
->callbacks
->warning
6542 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
6545 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
6546 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6547 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
6548 a given location. */
6552 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
6553 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
6554 (info
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
6555 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
6568 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
6569 until we reach the last one. */
6570 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6576 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6577 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6578 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
6579 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
6580 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
6581 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
6582 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
6583 only a 32-bit VMA. */
6589 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6591 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6598 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6599 do two separate stores. */
6600 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6602 /* Undo what we did above. */
6604 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6606 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6612 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6614 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6615 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6616 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6617 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6621 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
6622 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
6623 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6624 contents
, require_jalx
))
6631 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
6632 adjust it appropriately now. */
6635 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (abfd
, name
, sym
)
6636 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
6638 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6640 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
6641 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
6642 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
6645 "__dso_displacement",
6647 "__program_header_table",
6651 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
6659 const char* const *p
;
6662 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
6663 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
6666 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
6668 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
6670 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6671 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6673 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
6675 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6677 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6683 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6684 dynamic sections here. */
6687 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, info
, h
, sym
)
6689 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6690 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6691 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6697 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
6699 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6701 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6702 gval
= sym
->st_value
;
6703 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6705 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
6708 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
];
6710 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
6712 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
6714 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6715 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6716 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6718 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
6719 if (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff0000)
6722 /* Fill the stub. */
6723 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
);
6724 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ 4);
6725 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ 8);
6726 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd
) + h
->dynindx
, stub
+ 12);
6728 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->_raw_size
);
6729 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
6731 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
6732 only for the referenced symbol. */
6733 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6735 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
6736 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
6737 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
6738 gval
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
6739 sym
->st_value
= gval
;
6742 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
6743 || (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
) != 0);
6745 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6746 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
6747 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6748 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6749 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6751 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
6752 the symbols that need them. */
6753 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
6754 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
6759 value
= sym
->st_value
;
6760 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
);
6761 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6764 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
6766 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
6769 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
6774 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
6776 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
6779 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6780 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6782 else if (sym
->st_value
)
6783 value
= sym
->st_value
;
6785 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6787 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
6788 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
6790 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6793 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
6797 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
6799 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6802 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
6804 && ((p
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
6805 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6806 && ((p
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
6807 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
6808 && ! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6809 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
6810 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, value
, &addend
, sgot
)))
6812 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
6817 /* Create a .msym entry, if appropriate. */
6818 smsym
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".msym");
6821 Elf32_Internal_Msym msym
;
6823 msym
.ms_hash_value
= bfd_elf_hash (h
->root
.root
.string
);
6824 /* It is undocumented what the `1' indicates, but IRIX6 uses
6826 msym
.ms_info
= ELF32_MS_INFO (mh
->min_dyn_reloc_index
, 1);
6827 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
6829 ((Elf32_External_Msym
*) smsym
->contents
) + h
->dynindx
);
6832 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
6833 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
6834 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
6835 || strcmp (name
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
6836 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6837 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
6838 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
6840 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6841 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6844 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6846 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6847 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6848 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
6850 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6852 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
6853 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
6855 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6856 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6858 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6860 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
6862 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6863 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6864 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
6865 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6867 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
6869 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6870 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6871 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6872 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6876 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
6877 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6878 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
6882 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6883 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
6884 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
6886 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
6887 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6888 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
6889 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, s
->contents
);
6890 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
6891 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6893 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6894 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6896 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
6897 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
6898 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
6899 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
6901 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6905 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
6906 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
6907 && (sym
->st_value
& 1) != 0)
6913 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6916 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd
, info
)
6918 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6923 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
6925 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6927 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
6929 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6934 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6935 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6936 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
6937 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
6938 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6941 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6945 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
6946 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6948 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
6949 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->_raw_size
;
6950 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
6952 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
6956 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
6958 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
6959 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
6961 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
6967 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6968 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6969 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
6973 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
6975 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6981 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
6984 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
6987 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6988 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6989 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
6992 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
6993 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
6997 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
7000 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
7002 elemsize
= sizeof (Elf32_Conflict
);
7005 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
7007 elemsize
= sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7009 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
7012 if (s
->_cooked_size
!= 0)
7013 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_cooked_size
/ elemsize
;
7015 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_raw_size
/ elemsize
;
7021 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
7022 time ((time_t *) &dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
7025 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
7030 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
7035 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
7036 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
7037 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7038 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
7041 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
7042 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
7045 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
7046 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
7047 entry of the first external symbol that is not
7048 referenced within the same object. */
7049 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
7052 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
7053 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
7055 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
7058 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
7059 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
7060 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
7062 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
7064 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7065 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
7066 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7068 if (s
->_cooked_size
!= 0)
7069 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_cooked_size
/ elemsize
;
7071 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_raw_size
/ elemsize
;
7074 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
7075 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
7078 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
7079 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
7082 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7083 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
7084 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
7085 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
7089 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".msym"));
7090 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
7099 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
7104 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
7105 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
7106 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
7107 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->_raw_size
> 0)
7109 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
7110 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0x80000000,
7111 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7115 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
7116 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7118 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
7119 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
7121 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
7124 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
7125 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
7127 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7129 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
;
7131 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
7132 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7133 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
7134 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7139 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
7141 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
7142 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7143 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
7144 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
7145 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
7148 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
7156 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
7158 /* ??? The section symbols for the output sections were set up in
7159 _bfd_elf_final_link. SGI sets the STT_NOTYPE attribute for these
7160 symbols. Should we do so? */
7162 smsym
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".msym");
7165 Elf32_Internal_Msym msym
;
7167 msym
.ms_hash_value
= 0;
7168 msym
.ms_info
= ELF32_MS_INFO (0, 1);
7170 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7172 long dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
7174 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
7176 (((Elf32_External_Msym
*) smsym
->contents
)
7181 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7183 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
7184 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
7188 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
7190 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
7191 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
7194 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
7195 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
7198 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
7199 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
7200 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
7203 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
7205 BFD_ASSERT (s
->_raw_size
>= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7206 dummy_offset
= s
->_raw_size
- MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
7207 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
7208 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7213 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
7215 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7218 && s
->_raw_size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
7220 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7222 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
7223 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
7224 (size_t) s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7225 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
7227 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
7228 (size_t) s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7229 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs
);
7237 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
7240 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
)
7245 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
7248 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
7249 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
7252 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
7253 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
7256 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
7257 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
7260 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
7261 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
7262 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
7263 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
7264 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
7267 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
7268 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
7271 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
7272 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
7275 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
7276 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
7279 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
7280 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
7283 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
7284 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
7287 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
7288 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
7291 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
7292 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
7295 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
7296 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
7297 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
7298 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
7299 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
7302 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
7303 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
7306 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
7307 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
7310 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
7311 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
7314 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
7315 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
7318 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
7319 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
7322 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
7323 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
7328 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7329 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7330 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7333 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
, linker
)
7335 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7338 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
7342 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7343 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7344 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7345 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
7346 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
7348 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7349 info for each special section. */
7350 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
7351 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
7354 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
7357 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7358 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7360 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7363 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7364 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7365 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7366 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7367 && strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7368 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7369 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7370 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7373 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7374 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7375 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7376 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7377 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content",
7378 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7379 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7380 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7381 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7382 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7385 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7386 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7388 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7389 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
7391 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7394 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7395 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7396 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7397 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7398 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7399 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7400 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7403 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7404 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7405 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7407 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7409 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7410 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7417 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7421 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (abfd
)
7427 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
7428 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7429 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
7432 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
7433 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
7434 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7435 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
7438 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
7439 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
7440 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
7441 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
7447 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
7450 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
)
7454 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
7457 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
7459 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7460 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7462 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7463 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7468 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7472 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7476 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
7477 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7479 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
7480 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
7488 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
7489 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
7490 PT_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
7493 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
7494 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
7495 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
7497 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7499 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
7500 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7505 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
7507 /* Usually, there's a program header table. But, sometimes
7508 there's not (like when running the `ld' testsuite). So,
7509 if there's no program header table, we just put the
7510 options segment at the end. */
7511 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7514 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7517 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7518 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7519 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
7520 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7521 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
7522 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
7523 options_segment
->count
= 1;
7524 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
7525 *pm
= options_segment
;
7530 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7532 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
7533 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
7534 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
7535 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
7536 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
7538 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7539 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
7544 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7548 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
7550 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
7555 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7563 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
7564 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7565 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
7575 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
7576 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
7578 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
7580 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
7583 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
7585 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
7586 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
7587 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
7588 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
7589 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
7591 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
7592 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7596 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
7598 static const char *sec_names
[] =
7600 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
7604 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
7608 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
7610 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
7611 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7617 sz
= s
->_cooked_size
;
7620 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
7626 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7627 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7630 + (s
->_cooked_size
!=
7631 0 ? s
->_cooked_size
: s
->_raw_size
)) <= high
))
7634 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7635 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7642 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7644 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7647 + (s
->_cooked_size
!= 0 ?
7648 s
->_cooked_size
: s
->_raw_size
)) <= high
))
7662 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
7666 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
)
7668 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7669 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7670 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7671 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7673 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
7677 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
7679 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7680 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7684 switch (h
->root
.type
)
7686 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
7687 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
7688 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7690 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
7691 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
7699 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7704 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
7707 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (abfd
, info
, sec
, relocs
)
7708 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7709 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7710 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7711 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7714 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7715 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7716 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
7717 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
7718 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7719 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7721 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7722 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7723 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
7725 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7726 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7727 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
7731 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7732 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7733 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7734 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7735 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7736 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7737 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7738 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
7739 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
7740 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
7751 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
7752 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
7753 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
7754 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
7757 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (bed
, dir
, ind
)
7758 struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7759 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
, *ind
;
7761 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
7763 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed
, dir
, ind
);
7765 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7768 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
7769 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
7770 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
7771 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
7772 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
7773 if (dirmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
== 0
7774 || (indmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
!= 0
7775 && indmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
< dirmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
))
7776 dirmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
= indmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
;
7777 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
7778 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
7782 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, entry
, force_local
)
7783 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7784 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
;
7785 bfd_boolean force_local
;
7789 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7790 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7792 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7793 if (h
->forced_local
)
7795 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
7797 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7798 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
)
7800 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7801 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
7805 struct mips_got_entry e
;
7806 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
7808 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
7809 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
7810 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
7811 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
7812 the upper limit of global entries. */
7817 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7818 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
7820 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7825 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
7826 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
7827 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
7828 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
7829 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
7831 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
7832 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
7835 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
7836 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
7837 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
7840 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
7842 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
7843 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
7845 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7851 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
7857 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (abfd
, cookie
, info
)
7859 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
;
7860 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7863 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7864 unsigned char *tdata
;
7867 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
7870 if (o
->_raw_size
== 0)
7872 if (o
->_raw_size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
7874 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
7875 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
7878 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->_raw_size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
7882 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, (PTR
) NULL
,
7883 (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
7891 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
7892 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7894 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->_raw_size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
7896 if (MNAME(abfd
,_bfd_elf
,reloc_symbol_deleted_p
) (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
7905 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
7906 o
->_cooked_size
= o
->_raw_size
- skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
7912 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
7913 free (cookie
->rels
);
7919 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (sec
)
7922 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
7928 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (output_bfd
, sec
, contents
)
7933 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
7936 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
7939 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
7943 end
= contents
+ sec
->_raw_size
;
7944 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
7946 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
7948 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
7951 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
7954 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
7955 (file_ptr
) sec
->output_offset
,
7960 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
7961 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
7963 struct mips_elf_find_line
7965 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
7966 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
7970 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
, filename_ptr
,
7971 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
)
7976 const char **filename_ptr
;
7977 const char **functionname_ptr
;
7978 unsigned int *line_ptr
;
7982 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7983 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7987 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7988 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7990 (unsigned) (ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0),
7991 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7994 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
7998 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
7999 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
8000 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8002 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
8003 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
8004 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
8005 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
8006 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
8007 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8009 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
8012 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
8015 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
8016 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
8018 fi
= (struct mips_elf_find_line
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8021 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8025 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
8027 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8031 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
8032 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
8033 fi
->d
.fdr
= (struct fdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8034 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
8036 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8039 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
8040 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
8041 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
8042 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
8043 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
8044 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
8045 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, (PTR
) fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
8047 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
8049 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
8050 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
8051 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
8052 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
8053 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
8054 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
8057 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
8058 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8061 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8065 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8068 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
8070 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
8071 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8075 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
8076 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
8077 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
8080 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
, count
)
8085 bfd_size_type count
;
8087 if (strcmp (section
->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
8091 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
8093 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
8094 section
->used_by_bfd
= (PTR
) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8095 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
8098 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
8103 if (section
->_cooked_size
!= 0)
8104 size
= section
->_cooked_size
;
8106 size
= section
->_raw_size
;
8107 c
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
8110 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
8113 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, (size_t) count
);
8116 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
8120 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
8121 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
8124 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd
, link_info
, link_order
,
8125 data
, relocatable
, symbols
)
8127 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
8128 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
;
8130 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
8133 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
8134 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
8135 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8137 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
8138 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
8144 reloc_vector
= (arelent
**) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type
) reloc_size
);
8145 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
8148 /* read in the section */
8149 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
,
8153 input_section
->_raw_size
))
8156 /* We're not relaxing the section, so just copy the size info */
8157 input_section
->_cooked_size
= input_section
->_raw_size
;
8158 input_section
->reloc_done
= TRUE
;
8160 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
8164 if (reloc_count
< 0)
8167 if (reloc_count
> 0)
8172 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
8175 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
8176 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
8177 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
8178 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
8179 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
8183 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
8184 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8191 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8192 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8193 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8196 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8197 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8199 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
8201 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
8202 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
8204 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
8206 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
8215 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= (arelent
*) NULL
;
8218 char *error_message
= (char *) NULL
;
8219 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8221 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
8222 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
8223 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8224 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
) && abfd
)
8226 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
8230 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
8231 fall over on its own. */
8233 else if ((*parent
)->howto
->special_function
8234 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
8236 /* bypass special_function call */
8237 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
8238 input_section
, relocatable
,
8240 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation
;
8242 /* end mips specific stuff */
8244 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
,
8248 relocatable
? abfd
: (bfd
*) NULL
,
8250 skip_bfd_perform_relocation
:
8254 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
8256 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
8257 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
8261 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
8265 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
8266 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
8267 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8268 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
,
8272 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
8273 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= (char *) NULL
);
8274 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
8275 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
8276 (*parent
)->address
)))
8279 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
8280 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
8281 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8282 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
8283 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
8286 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
8295 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8296 free (reloc_vector
);
8300 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8301 free (reloc_vector
);
8305 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8307 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
8308 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
)
8311 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
8312 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
8314 ret
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
8315 if (ret
== (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) NULL
)
8318 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
8319 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
))
8326 /* We no longer use this. */
8327 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
8328 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
8330 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
8331 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
8332 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
8334 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
8336 return &ret
->root
.root
;
8339 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8340 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8341 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8344 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
)
8346 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
8350 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
8351 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
8352 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
8353 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
8354 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
8355 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
8356 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8357 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
8358 PTR mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
8364 static const char * const secname
[] =
8366 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8367 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8369 static const int sc
[] =
8371 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
8372 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
8375 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8376 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8377 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8379 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8383 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8385 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8386 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8387 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8388 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8389 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8391 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, (info
->shared
8392 ? bfd_count_sections (abfd
) + 1
8396 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8397 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8398 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8399 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
8401 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
8402 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
8403 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8404 <= g
->global_gotno
);
8408 /* We want to set the GP value for ld -r. */
8409 /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we
8410 include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some
8411 entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be
8412 better off including it then not. */
8413 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
8414 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8416 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
8418 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8419 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8420 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8421 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8422 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8423 --abfd
->section_count
;
8429 /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
8430 (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem
8431 to be better off including it than not. */
8432 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8434 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
8436 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8437 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8438 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8439 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8440 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8441 --abfd
->section_count
;
8448 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8449 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
8451 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8453 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8454 if (h
!= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
8455 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
8456 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
8457 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8458 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8459 else if (info
->relocatable
)
8461 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
8463 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8464 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= (asection
*) NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8466 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
8469 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8470 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd
);
8474 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8475 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8476 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8480 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8484 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
8485 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
8486 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= (asection
*) NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8488 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
8490 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
8492 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8493 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8494 the information together. */
8495 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8496 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8499 asection
*input_section
;
8501 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8504 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8506 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8511 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8512 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8514 /* The linker emulation code has probably clobbered the
8515 size to be zero bytes. */
8516 if (input_section
->_raw_size
== 0)
8517 input_section
->_raw_size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
8519 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8522 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof ext
))
8525 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
8527 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
8528 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
8529 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
8530 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
8531 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
8533 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
8534 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
8535 finally written out. */
8537 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8538 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8539 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8542 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
8543 BFD_ASSERT(o
->_raw_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
8545 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8546 matters, but someday it might). */
8547 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8552 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
8554 struct extsym_info einfo
;
8557 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
8558 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8559 the information together. */
8560 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
8561 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
8563 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
8567 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
8568 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
8569 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
8571 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
8574 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
8576 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
8577 debug_info structure. */
8579 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
8580 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
8581 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
8582 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
8583 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
8585 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
8586 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
8587 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
8588 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
8590 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
8591 if (mdebug_handle
== (PTR
) NULL
)
8595 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
8599 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
8600 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
8601 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
8602 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
8604 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
8606 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
8607 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
8610 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
8611 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->_raw_size
;
8614 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
8615 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
8620 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8621 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8624 asection
*input_section
;
8626 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
8627 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
8631 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8633 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8638 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8639 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8641 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8642 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8643 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
8645 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
8646 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
8647 want to deal with it. */
8651 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8652 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
8654 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->_raw_size
);
8656 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
8657 read in the debugging information and set up an
8658 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
8659 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8663 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
8664 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
8665 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
8668 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
8669 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
8670 the linker global hash table and save the information
8671 for the output external symbols. */
8672 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
8673 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
8674 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
8675 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
8677 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
8678 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
8682 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8684 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, (PTR
) eraw_src
, &ext
);
8685 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
8686 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
8687 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
8690 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
8691 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8692 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8693 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
8699 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
8700 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
8706 /* Free up the information we just read. */
8707 free (input_debug
.line
);
8708 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
8709 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
8710 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
8711 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
8712 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
8713 free (input_debug
.ss
);
8714 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
8715 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
8716 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
8717 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
8719 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8720 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8721 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8724 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
8726 /* Create .rtproc section. */
8727 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8728 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
8730 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
8731 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
8733 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8734 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
8735 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, flags
)
8736 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
8740 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
8746 /* Build the external symbol information. */
8749 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
8751 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
8752 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8753 mips_elf_output_extsym
,
8758 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
8759 o
->_raw_size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
8761 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8762 matters, but someday it might). */
8763 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8768 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
8770 const char *subname
;
8773 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
8776 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
8777 information describing how the small data area would
8778 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
8779 not used in executables files. */
8780 if (! info
->relocatable
)
8782 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8783 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8786 asection
*input_section
;
8788 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8790 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8795 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8797 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8798 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8799 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8802 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
8803 currently matters, but someday it might). */
8804 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8806 /* Really remove the section. */
8807 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
;
8809 secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8811 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8812 --abfd
->section_count
;
8817 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
8818 uninitialized data. */
8819 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
8821 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
8825 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8826 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
8827 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
8828 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8832 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
8833 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
8834 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
8835 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
8836 case we must change the name of the output section. */
8837 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8838 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
8840 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
8841 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
8843 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
8844 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8845 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
8848 /* Set up the first entry. */
8850 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8851 tab
= (Elf32_gptab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
8854 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
8855 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
8857 /* Combine the input sections. */
8858 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8859 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8862 asection
*input_section
;
8866 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
8868 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8870 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8875 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8876 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8878 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
8879 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
8880 sorted by ascending -G value. */
8881 size
= bfd_section_size (input_bfd
, input_section
);
8883 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8885 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
8887 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
8888 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
8894 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
8895 (input_bfd
, input_section
, (PTR
) &ext_gptab
,
8897 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
8903 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
8905 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
8906 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
8909 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8911 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
8912 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
8914 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
8920 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
8923 /* We need a new table entry. */
8924 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8925 new_tab
= (Elf32_gptab
*) bfd_realloc ((PTR
) tab
, amt
);
8926 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
8932 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
8933 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
8935 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
8936 value, since that will be implied by this new
8939 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8941 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
8943 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
8944 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
8948 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
8949 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8954 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8957 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8958 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8959 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8962 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
8964 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
8966 /* Swap out the table. */
8967 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8968 ext_tab
= (Elf32_External_gptab
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8969 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
8975 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
8976 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
8979 o
->_raw_size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8980 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
8982 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8983 matters, but someday it might). */
8984 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8988 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
8989 if (!MNAME(abfd
,bfd_elf
,bfd_final_link
) (abfd
, info
))
8992 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
8994 if (reginfo_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
8996 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8998 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
8999 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, (PTR
) &ext
,
9001 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof ext
))
9005 if (mdebug_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
9007 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
9008 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
9010 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
9013 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
9016 if (gptab_data_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
9018 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
9019 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
9021 gptab_data_sec
->_raw_size
))
9025 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
9027 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
9028 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
9030 gptab_bss_sec
->_raw_size
))
9034 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
9036 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9037 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
9039 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
9040 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
9042 rtproc_sec
->_raw_size
))
9050 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
9052 struct mips_mach_extension
{
9053 unsigned long extension
, base
;
9057 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
9058 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
9060 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
9061 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
9062 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
9064 /* MIPS V extensions. */
9065 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
9067 /* R10000 extensions. */
9068 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
9070 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
9071 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
9072 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
9073 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
9074 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
9075 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
9076 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
9078 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
9079 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9080 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9081 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9083 /* VR4100 extensions. */
9084 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
9085 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
9087 /* MIPS III extensions. */
9088 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9089 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9090 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9091 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9092 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9093 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9094 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9096 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
9097 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
9099 /* MIPS II extensions. */
9100 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
9101 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
9103 /* MIPS I extensions. */
9104 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
9105 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
9109 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
9112 mips_mach_extends_p (base
, extension
)
9113 unsigned long base
, extension
;
9117 for (i
= 0; extension
!= base
&& i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
9118 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
9119 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
9121 return extension
== base
;
9125 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
9128 mips_32bit_flags_p (flags
)
9131 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
9132 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
9133 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
9134 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
9135 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
9136 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
9137 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
9141 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
9142 object file when linking. */
9145 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
)
9152 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
9155 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
9156 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
9158 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9159 (_("%s: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
9160 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
9164 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
9165 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9168 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
9170 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9171 (_("%s: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
9172 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
9176 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
9177 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9178 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
9180 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
9182 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
9183 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
9184 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9185 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
9187 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
9188 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
9190 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
9191 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9198 /* Check flag compatibility. */
9200 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9201 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9203 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
9204 doesn't seem to matter. */
9205 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
9206 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
9208 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
9211 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
9212 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
9213 actually cause any incompatibility. */
9214 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9216 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
9217 which are automatically generated by gas. */
9218 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
9219 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
9220 && ((!strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
9221 || !strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
9222 || !strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))
9223 && sec
->_raw_size
!= 0))
9225 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
9234 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
9235 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
9237 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9238 (_("%s: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
9239 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
9243 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
9244 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
9245 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
9246 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
9248 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
9249 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
9251 /* Compare the ISAs. */
9252 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
9254 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9255 (_("%s: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
9256 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
9259 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
9261 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
9262 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9264 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
9265 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
9266 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
9267 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
9268 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9269 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
9270 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9272 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
9273 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
9274 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
9275 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
9276 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9277 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9281 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9282 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9283 (_("%s: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9284 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
),
9285 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
9286 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
9291 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9292 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9294 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9295 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9296 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
9297 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9298 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9300 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9301 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9302 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9303 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9305 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9306 (_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9307 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
),
9308 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
9309 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
9312 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9313 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9316 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9317 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
9319 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9321 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9322 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9325 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9326 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
9328 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9329 (_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9330 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
), (unsigned long) new_flags
,
9331 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
9337 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9344 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9347 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (abfd
, flags
)
9351 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
9352 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
9354 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
9355 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
9360 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
)
9364 FILE *file
= (FILE *) ptr
;
9366 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
9368 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9369 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
9371 /* xgettext:c-format */
9372 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
9374 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
9375 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9376 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
9377 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9378 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
9379 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9380 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
9381 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9382 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9383 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9384 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
9385 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9386 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
9387 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
9389 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
9391 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
9392 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
9393 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
9394 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
9395 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
9396 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
9397 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
9398 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
9399 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
9400 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
9401 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
9402 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
9403 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
9404 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
9405 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
9406 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9408 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9410 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
9411 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
9413 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
9414 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
9416 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
9417 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9419 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));